1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Implement .debug_str handling, and share entries somehow.
26 Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
27 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
28 out locations for types and decls.
29 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
30 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
32 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
33 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
34 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
35 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
43 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
45 #include "insn-config.h"
53 #include "dwarf2out.h"
54 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
60 #include "diagnostic.h"
64 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
65 static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
68 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
69 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
70 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
71 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
72 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
73 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
74 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
75 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
76 CIE = Common Information Entry
77 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
78 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
79 FDE = Frame Description Entry
80 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
81 how to restore registers
83 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
84 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
86 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
92 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
93 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
96 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
98 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
103 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
104 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
105 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
106 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
107 unique to each function definition. */
108 unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
110 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
112 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
113 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
114 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
117 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
118 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
119 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
121 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
122 Information instructions. The register number, offset
123 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
124 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
126 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
128 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
129 long int dw_cfi_offset;
130 const char *dw_cfi_addr;
131 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_cfi_loc;
135 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
137 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
138 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
139 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
140 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
144 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
145 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
146 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
147 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
148 of this structure. */
149 typedef struct cfa_loc
154 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
157 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
158 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
159 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
160 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
161 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
163 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
165 const char *dw_fde_begin;
166 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
167 const char *dw_fde_end;
168 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
169 unsigned funcdef_number;
170 unsigned nothrow : 1;
171 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
175 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
176 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
178 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
180 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
183 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
184 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
185 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
186 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
188 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
189 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
192 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
193 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
194 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
197 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
198 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
201 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
203 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
204 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
205 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
207 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
208 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
209 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
210 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
212 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
214 #endif /* not DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT */
216 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
217 information for each routine. */
218 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
220 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
221 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
223 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
224 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
226 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
228 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
230 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
231 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
233 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
234 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
235 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
236 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
237 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
239 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
241 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
242 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
243 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
244 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
245 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
246 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *));
247 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
248 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
250 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
251 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
252 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
253 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
254 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
255 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
256 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
257 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
258 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
260 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
261 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
262 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
263 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
264 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
265 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
266 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfa_location *));
268 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
269 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
270 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
273 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
274 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
275 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
277 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
278 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
279 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
282 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
283 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
286 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
287 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
289 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
290 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
292 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
293 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
294 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
295 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
296 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
297 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
298 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
299 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
300 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
301 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
302 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
303 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
304 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
306 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
307 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
308 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
311 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
312 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
314 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
315 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
317 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
319 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
322 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
324 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
325 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
327 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
329 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
331 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
335 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
336 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
337 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
338 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
341 /* Hook used by __throw. */
344 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
346 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
349 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
350 for the current function. */
351 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
352 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
355 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
356 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
362 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
367 while (*s && *s != ',')
374 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
377 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
381 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
382 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
383 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
385 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS; ++i)
387 int offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
388 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
393 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
397 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
400 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
405 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
406 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
408 return "DW_CFA_offset";
410 return "DW_CFA_restore";
414 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
415 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
416 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
417 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
418 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
419 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
420 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
421 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
422 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
423 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
424 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
425 case DW_CFA_undefined:
426 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
427 case DW_CFA_same_value:
428 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
429 case DW_CFA_register:
430 return "DW_CFA_register";
431 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
432 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
433 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
434 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
436 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
437 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
438 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
439 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
440 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
441 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
442 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
444 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
445 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
446 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
449 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
450 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
451 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
452 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
453 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
454 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
457 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
461 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
463 static inline dw_cfi_ref
466 dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
468 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
469 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
470 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
475 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
478 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
479 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
484 /* Find the end of the chain. */
485 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
491 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
494 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
496 static char label[20];
497 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
499 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
500 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
505 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
506 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
509 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
515 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
518 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
520 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
521 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
525 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
527 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
529 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
530 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
531 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
534 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
538 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
541 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
544 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
546 dw_cfa_location *loc;
548 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
551 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
553 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
554 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
557 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
558 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
560 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
561 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
568 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
572 dw_cfa_location *loc;
576 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
579 loc->base_offset = 0;
581 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
582 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
584 if (fde_table_in_use)
586 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
587 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
588 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
592 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
593 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
595 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
597 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
599 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
600 static long args_size;
602 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
603 static long old_args_size;
605 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
606 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
607 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
610 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
620 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
623 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
624 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
626 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
628 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
631 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
636 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
637 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
639 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
640 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
642 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset &&
643 loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect)
645 if (loc.indirect == 0
646 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset)
647 /* Nothing changed so no need to issue any call frame
654 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
656 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
657 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
659 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
660 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
663 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
664 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
667 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
668 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
669 offset has not changed. */
670 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
671 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
675 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
677 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
678 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
679 the specified offset. */
680 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
681 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
682 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
686 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
687 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
688 register-offset pair is available. */
689 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
690 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
691 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
692 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
695 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
698 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
699 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
700 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
701 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
704 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
710 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
712 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
714 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
715 the value isn't a register number. */
716 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
719 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
721 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
723 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
725 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
727 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
728 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
729 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
731 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
733 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
737 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
740 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended;
743 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
745 else if (sreg == reg)
746 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
750 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
751 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
754 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
757 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
758 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
759 from the previous frame's window save area.
761 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
762 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
765 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
768 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
769 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
770 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
773 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
774 pushed onto the stack. */
777 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
783 if (size == old_args_size)
785 old_args_size = size;
788 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
790 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
793 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
794 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
797 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
802 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
805 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
806 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
809 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
813 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
816 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
817 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
820 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
824 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
827 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
828 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
831 initial_return_save (rtl)
834 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
837 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
840 /* RA is in a register. */
841 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
844 /* RA is on the stack. */
846 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
849 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
854 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
856 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
859 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
861 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
868 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
869 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
870 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
871 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
873 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
879 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
882 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
886 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
889 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
890 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
894 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
896 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
897 code = GET_CODE (src);
898 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
899 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
900 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
903 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
905 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
907 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
908 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
909 code = GET_CODE (src);
911 if (! (code == PRE_DEC || code == PRE_INC
912 || code == PRE_MODIFY)
913 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
916 if (code == PRE_MODIFY)
918 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
919 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
920 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
921 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
923 offset = -INTVAL (val);
925 else offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
930 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
936 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
937 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
938 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
941 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
947 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
948 && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
950 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
952 insn = PATTERN (insn);
953 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
954 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
955 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
956 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
957 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
959 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
963 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
964 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
965 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
966 && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
969 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
971 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
972 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
973 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
974 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
980 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
982 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
984 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
985 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
987 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
992 for (j = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
994 rtx pattern = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, j);
995 if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET)
996 offset += stack_adjust_offset (pattern);
1005 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1006 cfa.offset += offset;
1008 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1011 args_size += offset;
1015 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1016 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1017 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1020 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1021 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1022 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1024 struct queued_reg_save
1026 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1031 static struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1032 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1035 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1040 struct queued_reg_save *q = (struct queued_reg_save *) xmalloc (sizeof (*q));
1042 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1044 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1045 queued_reg_saves = q;
1047 last_reg_save_label = label;
1051 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1053 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1055 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = next)
1057 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1062 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1063 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1067 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1070 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1072 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = q->next)
1073 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1080 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1081 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1082 value, not an offset. */
1083 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1085 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1086 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1087 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1090 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1091 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1092 users need not read the source code.
1094 The High-Level Picture
1096 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1097 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1098 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1099 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1100 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1102 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1103 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1104 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1105 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1106 saves. This also seems to work.
1108 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1109 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1110 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1111 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1113 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1114 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1115 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1116 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1118 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1120 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1121 consists of a register and an offset.
1122 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1123 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1124 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1125 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1126 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1127 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1128 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1130 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1131 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1132 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1135 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1136 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1137 and cfa_temp.offset.
1139 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1142 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1143 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1144 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1148 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1149 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1152 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1153 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1154 cfa.offset unchanged
1155 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1156 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1159 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1160 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1161 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1162 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1163 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1166 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1167 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1168 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1171 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1172 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1174 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1175 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1176 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1179 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1180 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1182 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1183 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1186 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1187 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1188 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1191 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1192 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1193 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1196 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1200 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1201 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1202 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1205 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1206 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1207 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1209 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1212 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1213 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1214 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1216 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1219 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1220 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1221 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1224 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1225 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1226 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1229 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1230 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1231 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1232 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1235 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1242 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1243 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1244 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1245 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1246 flag is set in them. */
1248 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1249 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1252 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1254 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1256 rtx x = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1258 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET &&
1259 (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (x) || par_index == 0))
1260 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (x, label);
1265 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1268 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1269 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1271 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1275 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1276 relative to the current CFA register. */
1277 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1279 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1281 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1287 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1288 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1289 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1290 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1291 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1292 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1293 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1299 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1303 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1306 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1309 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1311 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1317 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1319 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1320 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1322 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1324 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1325 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1327 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1330 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1332 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1333 cfa.offset += offset;
1334 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1335 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1337 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1340 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1341 or adjusting the FP */
1342 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1345 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1346 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1347 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1349 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1350 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1352 cfa.offset += offset;
1353 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1360 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1364 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1365 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1366 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1368 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1369 into the FP later on. */
1370 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1371 cfa.offset += offset;
1372 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1373 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1374 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1375 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1378 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1379 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1380 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1382 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1383 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1384 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1386 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1387 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1390 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1391 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1393 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1394 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1403 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1404 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1409 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1410 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1411 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1413 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1414 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1415 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1418 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1419 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1427 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1431 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1442 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1444 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1446 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1447 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1449 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1450 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1451 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1453 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1458 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1459 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1462 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1463 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1465 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1466 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1467 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1469 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1473 /* With an offset. */
1477 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1479 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1480 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1483 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1484 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1485 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1486 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1492 /* Without an offset. */
1494 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1495 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1496 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1497 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1504 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1506 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1507 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1514 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1515 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1516 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1518 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1520 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1522 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1523 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1526 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1527 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1532 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1533 calculate the CFA. */
1535 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1536 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1538 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1540 cfa.reg = (unsigned) REGNO (x);
1541 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1543 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1548 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1549 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1557 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1558 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1559 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1562 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1568 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1570 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1571 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1573 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1575 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1577 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1580 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1584 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1585 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1587 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1589 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1590 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1594 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1596 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1598 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1600 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1602 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1605 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1608 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1613 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1616 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1617 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1618 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1620 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1622 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1623 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1624 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1625 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1626 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1628 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1631 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1632 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1633 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1637 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1638 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1640 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1642 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1644 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1645 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1646 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1649 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1650 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1652 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1653 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1654 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1655 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1657 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1658 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1659 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1660 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1662 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1663 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1664 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1665 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1667 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1668 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1669 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1670 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1672 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1673 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1674 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1675 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1676 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1678 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1679 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1680 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1681 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1682 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1684 case DW_CFA_register:
1685 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1686 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1688 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1689 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1690 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1692 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1694 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1695 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1703 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1704 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1705 location of saved registers. */
1708 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1714 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1715 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1716 char augmentation[6];
1717 int augmentation_size;
1718 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1719 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1720 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1722 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1723 emit any EH unwind information. */
1726 int any_eh_needed = flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1727 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1728 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1729 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1730 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1733 if (! any_eh_needed)
1737 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1742 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1744 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1746 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1747 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1749 /* Output the CIE. */
1750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1751 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1752 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1753 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1754 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1756 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1757 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1758 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1759 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1760 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1764 augmentation[0] = 0;
1765 augmentation_size = 0;
1771 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1772 augmentation section.
1773 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1774 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1775 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1777 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1778 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1780 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1781 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1782 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1784 p = augmentation + 1;
1785 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1788 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1790 if (any_lsda_needed)
1793 augmentation_size += 1;
1795 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1798 augmentation_size += 1;
1800 if (p > augmentation + 1)
1802 augmentation[0] = 'z';
1806 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1807 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1809 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1811 + 1 /* CIE version */
1812 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1813 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1814 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
1816 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
1817 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
1818 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1820 augmentation_size += pad;
1822 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
1823 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
1824 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
1828 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1830 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1832 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
1833 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1835 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
1837 if (augmentation[0])
1839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
1840 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
1843 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
1844 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
1845 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
1847 if (any_lsda_needed)
1848 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1849 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
1850 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1852 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
1855 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1856 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
1858 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1859 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1860 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1861 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1863 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1864 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1866 fde = &fde_table[i];
1868 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1869 if (for_eh && fde->nothrow && ! fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1872 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1873 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1874 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1875 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1877 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1880 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
1882 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
1887 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
1888 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
1889 "FDE initial location");
1890 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
1891 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1892 "FDE address range");
1896 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1897 "FDE initial location");
1898 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1899 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1900 "FDE address range");
1903 if (augmentation[0])
1905 if (any_lsda_needed)
1907 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
1909 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1911 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1912 + 4 /* CIE offset */
1913 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
1914 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
1915 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1918 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
1922 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
1924 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
1927 fde->funcdef_number);
1928 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1929 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
1930 "Language Specific Data Area");
1934 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1935 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1936 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding),
1937 0, "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
1941 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
1944 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1946 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
1947 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1948 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
1950 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1951 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1952 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
1953 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1956 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1958 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
1960 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1961 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1962 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1963 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
1966 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
1972 default_eh_frame_section ()
1974 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1975 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
1977 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1980 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1981 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1982 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1986 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1990 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
1991 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1992 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1994 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1997 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
1999 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2000 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2001 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2003 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2004 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2007 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2011 ++current_funcdef_number;
2013 function_section (current_function_decl);
2014 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2015 current_funcdef_number);
2016 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2017 current_funcdef_number);
2018 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2020 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2021 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2022 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2026 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2027 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2029 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2031 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
2032 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2035 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2036 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2038 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2039 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2040 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2041 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2042 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2043 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2044 fde->funcdef_number = current_funcdef_number;
2045 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2046 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2048 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2050 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine
2051 dwarf2 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2052 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2054 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2058 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2059 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2063 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2066 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2068 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2070 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
2071 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2072 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2073 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2077 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2079 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2080 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2081 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2082 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2084 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2085 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2087 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2088 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2089 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2090 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2095 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2097 /* Output call frame information. */
2098 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
2099 output_call_frame_info (0);
2100 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2101 output_call_frame_info (1);
2104 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2105 for emitting location expressions. */
2107 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2108 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2109 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2110 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2112 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2113 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2114 implementation are listed below. */
2119 dw_val_class_offset,
2121 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2123 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2124 dw_val_class_long_long,
2127 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2128 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2129 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2130 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2135 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2136 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2138 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2145 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2147 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2154 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2155 represented internally. */
2157 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2159 dw_val_class val_class;
2163 long unsigned val_offset;
2164 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list;
2165 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2167 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2168 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2169 dw_float_const val_float;
2174 unsigned val_fde_index;
2177 unsigned char val_flag;
2183 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2186 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2188 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2189 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2190 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2191 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2196 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2197 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2198 their entire life. */
2199 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2201 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2202 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2203 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2204 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list. Only on head of list */
2205 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2206 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2209 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2210 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2213 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2215 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2216 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2217 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2218 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2220 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2223 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2229 return "DW_OP_addr";
2231 return "DW_OP_deref";
2233 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2235 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2237 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2239 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2241 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2243 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2245 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2247 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2249 return "DW_OP_constu";
2251 return "DW_OP_consts";
2255 return "DW_OP_drop";
2257 return "DW_OP_over";
2259 return "DW_OP_pick";
2261 return "DW_OP_swap";
2265 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2273 return "DW_OP_minus";
2285 return "DW_OP_plus";
2286 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2287 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2293 return "DW_OP_shra";
2311 return "DW_OP_skip";
2313 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2315 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2317 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2319 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2321 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2323 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2325 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2327 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2329 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2331 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2333 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2335 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2337 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2339 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2341 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2343 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2345 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2347 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2349 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2351 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2353 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2355 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2357 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2359 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2361 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2363 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2365 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2367 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2369 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2371 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2373 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2375 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2377 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2379 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2381 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2383 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2385 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2387 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2389 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2391 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2393 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2395 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2397 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2399 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2401 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2403 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2405 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2407 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2409 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2411 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2413 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2415 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2417 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2419 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2421 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2423 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2425 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2427 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2429 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2431 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2433 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2435 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2437 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2439 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2441 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2443 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2445 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2447 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2449 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2451 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2453 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2455 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2457 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2459 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2461 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2463 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2465 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2467 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2469 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2471 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2473 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2475 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2477 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2479 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2481 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2483 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2485 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2487 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2489 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2491 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2493 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2495 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2497 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2499 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2501 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2503 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2505 return "DW_OP_regx";
2507 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2509 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2511 return "DW_OP_piece";
2512 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2513 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2514 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2515 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2519 return "OP_<unknown>";
2523 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2524 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2525 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2527 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2528 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2529 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2530 unsigned long oprnd1;
2531 unsigned long oprnd2;
2533 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2535 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2536 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2538 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2539 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2540 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2541 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2542 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2548 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2551 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2552 dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2553 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2555 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2557 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2558 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2564 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2566 static unsigned long
2567 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2568 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2570 unsigned long size = 1;
2572 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2575 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2594 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2597 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2602 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2603 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2641 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2644 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2647 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2650 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2651 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2654 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2656 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2657 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2667 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2669 static unsigned long
2671 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2673 unsigned long size = 0;
2675 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2677 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2678 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2684 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2687 output_loc_operands (loc)
2688 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2690 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2691 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2693 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2695 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2697 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2701 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2705 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2709 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2711 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2718 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2719 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2723 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2736 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2737 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2738 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2739 only doing unwinding. */
2744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2747 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2750 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2753 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2755 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2756 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2790 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2793 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2796 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2799 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2800 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2803 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2805 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2806 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2810 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2815 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2818 output_loc_sequence (loc)
2819 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2821 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2823 /* Output the opcode. */
2824 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
2825 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
2827 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2828 output_loc_operands (loc);
2832 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2833 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2836 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
2839 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2842 /* Output the size of the block. */
2843 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
2844 size = size_of_locs (loc);
2845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
2847 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2848 output_loc_sequence (loc);
2851 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
2852 a dw_cfa_location. */
2854 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2856 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2858 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2860 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
2863 if (cfa->base_offset)
2866 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
2868 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2870 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
2871 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
2873 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
2874 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2875 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2876 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2877 if (cfa->offset != 0)
2879 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
2880 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2885 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a
2886 dwarf location descriptor sequence. */
2889 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
2890 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2891 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
2893 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
2895 cfa->base_offset = 0;
2899 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
2901 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
2936 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
2939 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2973 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
2974 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2977 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2978 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
2983 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2984 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
2987 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implememnted\n",
2988 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
2992 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
2994 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2995 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2997 static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
2998 static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
2999 static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3000 static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3001 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3002 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
3003 static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3004 static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3005 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block PARAMS ((tree));
3006 static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
3007 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
3009 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3011 struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3017 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3018 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3019 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3020 dwarf2out_end_block,
3021 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3022 dwarf2out_source_line,
3023 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3024 debug_nothing_int, /* end_prologue */
3025 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3026 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3027 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3028 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3029 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3030 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3031 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3032 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3033 something tries to reference them. */
3034 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3035 debug_nothing_rtx /* label */
3038 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3039 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3040 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3042 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3043 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3044 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3045 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3047 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3048 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3050 typedef long int dw_offset;
3052 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3054 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3055 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3056 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3057 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3058 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3060 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3061 line number associated with the label generated for that
3062 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3063 the line number entry. */
3065 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3067 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3068 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3072 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3074 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3076 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3077 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3078 unsigned long function;
3080 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3082 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3083 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3084 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3086 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3088 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3089 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3090 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3094 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3096 typedef struct die_struct
3098 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3100 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3101 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3102 dw_die_ref die_child;
3104 dw_offset die_offset;
3105 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3110 /* The pubname structure */
3112 typedef struct pubname_struct
3119 struct dw_ranges_struct
3124 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3125 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3128 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3132 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3133 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3134 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3137 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3138 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3140 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3141 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3142 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3143 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3144 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3145 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3147 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3148 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3149 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3150 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3151 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3152 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3153 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3154 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3155 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3156 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3158 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3159 language, and compiler version. */
3161 extern int flag_traditional;
3163 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3164 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3166 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3167 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3169 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3170 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3172 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3173 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3174 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3175 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3177 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3178 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3179 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3180 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3181 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3183 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3184 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3185 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3186 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3188 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3192 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3193 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3194 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3195 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3196 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3197 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3199 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3200 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3203 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3204 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3205 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3207 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3208 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3210 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3211 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3213 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3214 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3215 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3216 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3217 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3219 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3220 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3221 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3223 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3224 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3226 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3227 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
3229 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3235 unsigned last_lookup_index;
3238 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3240 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3242 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3243 static struct file_table file_table;
3245 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3247 static const char *primary_filename;
3249 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3250 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3251 number identifying each decl. */
3252 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3254 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3255 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3257 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3258 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3260 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3262 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3264 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3265 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3266 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3267 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3268 define type declaration DIE's. */
3269 varray_type decl_scope_table;
3271 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3272 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3273 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3274 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3276 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3277 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3279 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3280 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3282 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3283 abbrev_die_table. */
3284 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3286 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3287 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3288 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3290 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3291 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3293 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3294 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3296 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3297 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3298 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3300 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3301 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3303 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3304 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3306 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3308 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3310 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3311 accessible names. */
3312 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
3314 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3315 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3317 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3318 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3320 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3322 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3324 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3325 static dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3327 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3328 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3330 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3331 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3333 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3335 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3337 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3338 static dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3340 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3341 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3343 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3344 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3346 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3348 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3350 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3351 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3353 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3354 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
3355 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. If we don't tell
3356 the garbage collector about it, we can garbage collect live data.
3358 varray_type incomplete_types;
3360 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3361 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3362 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3363 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3366 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3367 must be kept around forever. We do this rather than perform GC on
3368 the dwarf info because almost all of the dwarf info lives forever, and
3369 it's easier to support non-GC frontends this way. */
3370 static varray_type used_rtx_varray;
3372 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3374 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3375 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3376 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3377 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3378 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3379 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3381 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3383 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3384 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3385 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3386 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3387 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3388 enum dwarf_attribute,
3390 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3391 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3392 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3393 enum dwarf_attribute,
3395 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3396 enum dwarf_attribute,
3399 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3400 enum dwarf_attribute,
3402 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3403 enum dwarf_attribute,
3405 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3406 enum dwarf_attribute,
3408 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3409 enum dwarf_attribute,
3411 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3412 enum dwarf_attribute,
3414 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3415 enum dwarf_attribute,
3417 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3418 enum dwarf_attribute,
3420 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3421 enum dwarf_attribute,
3423 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3424 enum dwarf_attribute,
3426 static void add_AT_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3427 enum dwarf_attribute,
3429 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3430 enum dwarf_attribute));
3431 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3432 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3433 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3434 enum dwarf_attribute));
3435 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3436 enum dwarf_attribute));
3437 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3438 enum dwarf_attribute));
3439 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3440 enum dwarf_attribute));
3441 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3442 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3443 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3444 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3445 enum dwarf_attribute));
3446 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3447 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3448 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref));
3449 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3450 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3451 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3452 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3453 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3454 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3455 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3456 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3457 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3458 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3459 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3460 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3461 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3462 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3463 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3464 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3465 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3466 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3467 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3468 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3469 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3470 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3471 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3472 static unsigned long size_of_string PARAMS ((const char *));
3473 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3474 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3475 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3476 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3477 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3478 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3479 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3480 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3481 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3482 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3483 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3484 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3485 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3486 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3487 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3488 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3489 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3490 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3491 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3492 static unsigned int add_ranges PARAMS ((tree));
3493 static void output_ranges PARAMS ((void));
3494 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3495 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3496 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3497 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3498 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3499 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3500 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3501 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3502 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3503 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3504 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3505 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3506 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3507 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3508 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3509 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3510 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3511 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3512 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3513 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3514 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3515 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3516 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3517 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
3518 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3519 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3520 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3521 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3522 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3523 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3524 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3525 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3526 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3527 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3528 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3529 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3530 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3531 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3532 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3533 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3534 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3535 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3536 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3537 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3538 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3540 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3541 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3543 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3545 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3546 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3548 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3550 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3551 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3552 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3553 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3554 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3555 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3556 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3557 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3558 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3559 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3560 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3561 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3562 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3563 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3564 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3565 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3566 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3567 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3568 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3569 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3570 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3571 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3572 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3573 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3574 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3575 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3576 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3577 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3578 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3579 static void add_incomplete_type PARAMS ((tree));
3580 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3581 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3582 static rtx save_rtx PARAMS ((rtx));
3583 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3584 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3585 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3586 const char *, const char *,
3587 const char *, unsigned));
3588 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
3590 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3591 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
3592 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
3594 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3595 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3596 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3598 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3599 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3601 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3602 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3604 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3605 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3607 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3608 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3610 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3611 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3613 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3614 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3616 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3617 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3619 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3620 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3623 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3624 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3625 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3628 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3629 the section names themselves. */
3631 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3632 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3634 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3635 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3637 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3638 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3640 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3641 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3643 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3644 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3646 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3647 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3650 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3651 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3652 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3653 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3654 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3656 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3657 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3658 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3659 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3660 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3661 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3662 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3663 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3664 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3666 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3667 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3669 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3670 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3672 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3673 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3675 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3676 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3678 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3679 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3681 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3682 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3684 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3685 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3687 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3688 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3691 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3692 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3694 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3697 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3698 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3700 demangle_name_func = func;
3703 /* Return an rtx like ORIG which lives forever. If we're doing GC,
3704 that means adding it to used_rtx_varray. If not, that means making
3705 a copy on the permanent_obstack. */
3711 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, orig);
3716 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3722 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3723 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3724 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3727 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3731 type_main_variant (type)
3734 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3736 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
3737 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
3738 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
3739 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
3741 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3742 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3743 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3748 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3751 is_tagged_type (type)
3754 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3756 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3757 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3760 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3763 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
3768 case DW_TAG_padding:
3769 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3770 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3771 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3772 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3773 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3774 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3775 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3776 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3777 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3778 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3779 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3780 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3781 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3783 return "DW_TAG_label";
3784 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3785 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3787 return "DW_TAG_member";
3788 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3789 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3790 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3791 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3792 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3793 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3794 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3795 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3796 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3797 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3798 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3799 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3800 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3801 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3802 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3803 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3804 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3805 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3806 case DW_TAG_variant:
3807 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3808 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3809 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3810 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3811 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3812 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3813 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3814 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3815 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3817 return "DW_TAG_module";
3818 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3819 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3820 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3821 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3822 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3823 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3824 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3825 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3826 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3827 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3828 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3829 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3830 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3831 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3832 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3833 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3834 case DW_TAG_constant:
3835 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3836 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3837 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3838 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3839 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3841 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3842 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3843 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3844 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3845 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3846 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3847 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3848 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3849 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3850 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3851 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3852 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3853 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3854 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3855 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3856 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3857 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3858 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3859 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3860 case DW_TAG_variable:
3861 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3862 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3863 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3864 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3865 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3866 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3867 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3868 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3869 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3870 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3871 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3872 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3873 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3874 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3875 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3877 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3881 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3884 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
3890 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3891 case DW_AT_location:
3892 return "DW_AT_location";
3894 return "DW_AT_name";
3895 case DW_AT_ordering:
3896 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3897 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3898 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3899 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3900 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3901 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3902 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3903 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3904 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3905 case DW_AT_element_list:
3906 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3907 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3908 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3910 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3912 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3913 case DW_AT_language:
3914 return "DW_AT_language";
3916 return "DW_AT_member";
3918 return "DW_AT_discr";
3919 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3920 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3921 case DW_AT_visibility:
3922 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3924 return "DW_AT_import";
3925 case DW_AT_string_length:
3926 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3927 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3928 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3929 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3930 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3931 case DW_AT_const_value:
3932 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3933 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3934 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3935 case DW_AT_default_value:
3936 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3938 return "DW_AT_inline";
3939 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3940 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3941 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3942 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3943 case DW_AT_producer:
3944 return "DW_AT_producer";
3945 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3946 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3947 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3948 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3949 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3950 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3951 case DW_AT_stride_size:
3952 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3953 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3954 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3955 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3956 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3957 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3958 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3959 case DW_AT_address_class:
3960 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3961 case DW_AT_artificial:
3962 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3963 case DW_AT_base_types:
3964 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3965 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3966 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3968 return "DW_AT_count";
3969 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3970 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3971 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3972 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3973 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3974 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3975 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3976 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3977 case DW_AT_declaration:
3978 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3979 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3980 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3981 case DW_AT_encoding:
3982 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3983 case DW_AT_external:
3984 return "DW_AT_external";
3985 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3986 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3988 return "DW_AT_friend";
3989 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3990 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3991 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3992 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3993 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3994 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3995 case DW_AT_priority:
3996 return "DW_AT_priority";
3998 return "DW_AT_segment";
3999 case DW_AT_specification:
4000 return "DW_AT_specification";
4001 case DW_AT_static_link:
4002 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4004 return "DW_AT_type";
4005 case DW_AT_use_location:
4006 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4007 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4008 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4009 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4010 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4011 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4012 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4014 case DW_AT_allocated:
4015 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4016 case DW_AT_associated:
4017 return "DW_AT_associated";
4018 case DW_AT_data_location:
4019 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4021 return "DW_AT_stride";
4022 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4023 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4024 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4025 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4026 case DW_AT_extension:
4027 return "DW_AT_extension";
4029 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4030 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4031 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4032 case DW_AT_call_column:
4033 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4034 case DW_AT_call_file:
4035 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4036 case DW_AT_call_line:
4037 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4039 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4040 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4041 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4042 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4043 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4044 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4045 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4046 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4047 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4048 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4049 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4050 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4051 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4052 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4053 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4054 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4055 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4056 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4057 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4058 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4059 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4060 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4062 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4063 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4064 case DW_AT_src_info:
4065 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4066 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4067 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4068 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4069 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4070 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4071 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4072 case DW_AT_body_end:
4073 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4075 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4079 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4082 dwarf_form_name (form)
4088 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4089 case DW_FORM_block2:
4090 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4091 case DW_FORM_block4:
4092 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4094 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4096 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4098 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4099 case DW_FORM_string:
4100 return "DW_FORM_string";
4102 return "DW_FORM_block";
4103 case DW_FORM_block1:
4104 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4106 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4108 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4110 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4112 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4114 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4115 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4116 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4118 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4120 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4122 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4124 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4125 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4126 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4127 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4128 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4130 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4134 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4138 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4143 case DW_ATE_address:
4144 return "DW_ATE_address";
4145 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4146 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4147 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4148 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4150 return "DW_ATE_float";
4152 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4153 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4154 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4155 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4156 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4157 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4158 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4160 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4165 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4166 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4167 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4168 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4172 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4175 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4176 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4177 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4178 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4181 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4182 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4183 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4184 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4188 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4191 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4192 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4193 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4194 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4198 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4201 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4203 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4204 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4205 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4206 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4209 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4214 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4218 ret_val = lookahead;
4219 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK)
4220 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val)
4223 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4229 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4230 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4234 decl_class_context (decl)
4237 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4239 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4240 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4242 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4243 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4245 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4246 context = NULL_TREE;
4251 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4252 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4255 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4259 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4261 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4262 die->die_attr = attr;
4266 static inline dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4267 static inline dw_val_class
4271 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4274 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4277 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4279 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4282 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4284 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4285 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4286 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4287 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4288 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4291 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4292 static inline unsigned
4296 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4297 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4302 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4305 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4307 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4310 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4312 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4313 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4314 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4315 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4316 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4319 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4320 static inline long int
4324 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4325 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4330 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4333 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4335 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4336 unsigned long unsigned_val;
4338 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4340 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4341 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4342 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4343 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4344 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4347 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4348 static inline unsigned long
4352 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4353 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4358 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4361 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4363 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4364 unsigned long val_hi;
4365 unsigned long val_low;
4367 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4369 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4370 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4371 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4372 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4373 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4374 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4377 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4380 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4382 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4386 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4388 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4389 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4390 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4391 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4392 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4393 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4396 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4399 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4401 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4404 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4406 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4407 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4408 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4409 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = xstrdup (str);
4410 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4413 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4414 static inline const char *
4418 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4419 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4424 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4427 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4429 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4430 dw_die_ref targ_die;
4432 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4434 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4435 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4436 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4437 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4438 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4439 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4442 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4443 static inline dw_die_ref
4447 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4448 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4453 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4458 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4459 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4464 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
4466 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4470 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4471 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4476 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4479 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4481 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4484 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4486 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4487 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4488 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4489 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4490 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4493 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4496 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4498 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4499 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4501 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4503 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4504 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4505 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4506 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4507 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4510 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4511 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4515 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4516 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4522 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4524 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4525 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4527 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4529 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4530 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4531 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4532 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4533 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4534 have_location_lists = 1;
4537 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4539 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4543 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4544 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4549 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4552 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4554 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4557 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4559 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4560 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4561 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4562 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4563 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4566 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4571 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4572 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4577 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4580 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4582 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4585 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4587 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4588 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4589 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4590 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4591 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4594 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4597 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4599 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4602 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4604 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4605 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4606 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4607 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4608 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4611 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4614 add_AT_offset (die, attr_kind, offset)
4616 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4617 unsigned long offset;
4619 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4621 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4622 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4623 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4624 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4625 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4628 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4629 static inline const char *
4633 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4634 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4635 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4640 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4642 static inline dw_attr_ref
4643 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4645 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4648 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4652 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4654 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4657 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4658 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4663 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4669 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4670 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
4671 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4672 assembler label identifier. */
4674 static inline const char *
4678 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4679 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4682 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4683 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
4684 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4685 assembler label identifier. */
4687 static inline const char *
4691 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4692 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4695 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4696 NULL if it is not present. */
4698 static inline const char *
4699 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
4701 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4703 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4704 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4707 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4708 if it is not present. */
4711 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
4713 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4715 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4716 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4719 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4720 if it is not present. */
4722 static inline unsigned
4723 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
4725 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4727 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4728 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4731 static inline dw_die_ref
4732 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
4734 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4736 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4737 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4743 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4745 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4746 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4752 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4754 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4760 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4762 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
4765 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4767 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4772 switch (AT_class (a))
4774 case dw_val_class_str:
4775 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4776 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4777 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4780 case dw_val_class_float:
4781 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array);
4791 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4794 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4796 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4799 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
4803 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
4804 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4807 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
4816 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4818 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
4823 remove_children (die);
4827 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4830 remove_children (die)
4833 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4835 die->die_child = NULL;
4837 while (child_die != NULL)
4839 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4842 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4844 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
4846 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4848 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4856 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4857 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4860 add_child_die (die, child_die)
4862 dw_die_ref child_die;
4864 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
4866 if (die == child_die)
4868 child_die->die_parent = die;
4869 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
4870 die->die_child = child_die;
4874 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4875 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
4878 splice_child_die (parent, child)
4879 dw_die_ref parent, child;
4883 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4884 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4885 if (child->die_parent != parent)
4887 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
4892 if (child->die_parent != parent
4893 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
4896 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
4899 *p = child->die_sib;
4903 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
4904 parent->die_child = child;
4907 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4909 static inline dw_die_ref
4910 new_die (tag_value, parent_die)
4911 enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
4912 dw_die_ref parent_die;
4914 dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node));
4916 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4918 if (parent_die != NULL)
4919 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4922 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4924 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
4925 limbo_node->die = die;
4926 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4927 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4933 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4935 static inline dw_die_ref
4936 lookup_type_die (type)
4939 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
4940 type = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type);
4941 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
4944 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4947 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
4949 dw_die_ref type_die;
4951 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
4954 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4956 static inline dw_die_ref
4957 lookup_decl_die (decl)
4960 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4962 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use
4963 ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
4966 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4969 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
4971 dw_die_ref decl_die;
4973 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4974 unsigned num_allocated;
4976 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
4979 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
4980 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
4981 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4984 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
4985 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
4987 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
4988 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4989 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
4992 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
4993 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
4995 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
4998 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4999 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5000 the DIE internal representation. */
5001 static int print_indent;
5003 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5006 print_spaces (outfile)
5009 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5012 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5013 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5016 print_die (die, outfile)
5023 print_spaces (outfile);
5024 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5025 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5026 print_spaces (outfile);
5027 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5028 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5030 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5032 print_spaces (outfile);
5033 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5035 switch (AT_class (a))
5037 case dw_val_class_addr:
5038 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5040 case dw_val_class_offset:
5041 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5043 case dw_val_class_loc:
5044 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5046 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5047 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5048 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5050 case dw_val_class_const:
5051 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
5053 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5054 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
5056 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5057 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5058 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5059 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5061 case dw_val_class_float:
5062 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5064 case dw_val_class_flag:
5065 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5067 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5068 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5070 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5071 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5073 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5076 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5078 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5079 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5080 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5082 case dw_val_class_str:
5083 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5084 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5086 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5092 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5095 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5098 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5099 print_die (c, outfile);
5103 if (print_indent == 0)
5104 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5107 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5108 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5111 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5115 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5117 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5118 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; ++i)
5120 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5121 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5122 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table.table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
5123 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5124 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5127 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5130 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5133 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5136 print_die (die, stderr);
5139 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5140 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5146 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5147 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5148 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5151 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5152 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5153 they are in order of addition. */
5156 reverse_die_lists (die)
5159 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5160 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5162 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5164 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5165 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5170 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5176 die->die_child = cp;
5179 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since
5180 we used to reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs
5181 through all the dies, it would reverse all the dies. Now, however,
5182 since we don't call reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we
5183 need a routine to recursively reverse all the dies. This is that
5187 reverse_all_dies (die)
5192 reverse_die_lists (die);
5194 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5195 reverse_all_dies (c);
5198 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is
5199 the CU for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the
5200 DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this
5204 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5205 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5207 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5208 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5209 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5213 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5216 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5217 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5219 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5220 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5224 #define PROCESS(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5225 #define PROCESS_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5227 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5230 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5231 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5232 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5234 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5235 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5236 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5239 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5242 attr_checksum (at, ctx)
5244 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5246 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5249 PROCESS (at->dw_attr);
5251 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5252 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5253 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5254 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5255 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5258 switch (AT_class (at))
5260 case dw_val_class_const:
5261 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5263 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5264 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5266 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5267 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5269 case dw_val_class_float:
5270 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5272 case dw_val_class_flag:
5273 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5276 case dw_val_class_str:
5277 PROCESS_STRING (AT_string (at));
5280 case dw_val_class_addr:
5282 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5285 PROCESS_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5293 case dw_val_class_offset:
5294 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5297 case dw_val_class_loc:
5298 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5299 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5302 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5303 if (AT_ref (at)->die_offset)
5304 PROCESS (AT_ref (at)->die_offset);
5305 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5307 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5308 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5309 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5317 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5320 die_checksum (die, ctx)
5322 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5327 PROCESS (die->die_tag);
5329 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5330 attr_checksum (a, ctx);
5332 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5333 die_checksum (c, ctx);
5337 #undef PROCESS_STRING
5339 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5341 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5343 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5344 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5346 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5347 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5350 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5351 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5355 unsigned char checksum[16];
5358 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5359 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx);
5360 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5363 const char *p = lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name));
5364 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (p) + 64);
5365 sprintf (name, "%s.", p);
5368 clean_symbol_name (name);
5371 char *p = name + strlen (name);
5372 for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
5374 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5379 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5380 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5383 /* Returns nonzero iff DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5389 switch (die->die_tag)
5391 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5392 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5393 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5394 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5395 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5396 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5397 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5398 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5399 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5400 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5401 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5402 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5403 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5404 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5405 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5406 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5407 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5414 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5415 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5416 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5417 compilations (functions). */
5424 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the
5425 main CU, as we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater
5426 likelihood of sharing between objects that don't include headers
5427 in the same order (and therefore would put the base types in a
5428 different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5429 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5432 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5433 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5434 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5435 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5437 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5438 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5442 return is_type_die (c);
5445 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5446 compilation unit. */
5452 if (is_type_die (c))
5454 if (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5455 && ! get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
5461 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5465 static int label_num;
5466 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5467 return xstrdup (buf);
5470 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5473 assign_symbol_names (die)
5478 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5480 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5482 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5483 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5484 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5485 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5488 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5491 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5492 assign_symbol_names (c);
5495 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5496 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5497 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5500 break_out_includes (die)
5504 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5505 limbo_die_node *node;
5507 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr; )
5509 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5511 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5512 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5513 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5515 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5518 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5520 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5523 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5525 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5529 add_child_die (unit, c);
5533 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5534 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5540 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5541 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5546 assign_symbol_names (die);
5547 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
5549 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
5550 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
5554 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5555 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5556 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5559 add_sibling_attributes (die)
5564 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
5565 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
5566 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5567 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
5569 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5570 add_sibling_attributes (c);
5573 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and it's children */
5575 output_location_lists (die)
5580 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5582 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
5584 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
5587 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5588 output_location_lists (c);
5591 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
5592 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
5593 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
5594 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
5598 build_abbrev_table (die)
5601 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5602 unsigned int n_alloc;
5604 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
5606 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5607 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5608 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5610 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5611 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
5613 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
5615 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
5619 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5621 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5623 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
5625 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
5627 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
5628 d_attr = die->die_attr;
5630 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
5632 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
5633 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
5636 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
5637 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
5640 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
5646 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
5648 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
5650 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5652 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
5653 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
5655 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
5656 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5657 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
5660 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5661 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
5664 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
5665 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5666 build_abbrev_table (c);
5669 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
5671 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
5672 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
5673 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
5674 we must include them in the count. */
5676 static unsigned long
5677 size_of_string (str)
5680 return strlen (str) + 1;
5683 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5686 constant_size (value)
5687 long unsigned value;
5694 log = floor_log2 (value);
5697 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
5702 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
5703 .debug_info section. */
5705 static unsigned long
5709 unsigned long size = 0;
5712 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5713 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5715 switch (AT_class (a))
5717 case dw_val_class_addr:
5718 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5720 case dw_val_class_offset:
5721 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5723 case dw_val_class_loc:
5725 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5728 size += constant_size (lsize);
5732 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5733 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5735 case dw_val_class_const:
5736 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
5738 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5739 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
5741 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5742 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
5744 case dw_val_class_float:
5745 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
5747 case dw_val_class_flag:
5750 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5751 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5753 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5754 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5756 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5757 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5759 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5760 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5762 case dw_val_class_str:
5763 size += size_of_string (AT_string (a));
5773 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
5774 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
5775 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
5776 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
5777 field in each DIE. */
5780 calc_die_sizes (die)
5784 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
5785 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
5787 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5790 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5791 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5792 next_die_offset += 1;
5795 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5796 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5797 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5798 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5806 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5810 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5818 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5822 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5823 compilation unit. */
5825 static unsigned long
5831 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
5832 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
5834 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
5835 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_string (p->name);
5838 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5842 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5844 static unsigned long
5849 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
5851 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5852 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5853 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
5855 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5856 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5860 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5862 static enum dwarf_form
5866 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
5868 case dw_val_class_addr:
5869 return DW_FORM_addr;
5870 case dw_val_class_offset:
5871 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
5872 return DW_FORM_data4;
5873 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
5874 return DW_FORM_data8;
5876 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5877 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
5878 .debug_loc section */
5879 return DW_FORM_data4;
5880 case dw_val_class_loc:
5881 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
5884 return DW_FORM_block1;
5886 return DW_FORM_block2;
5890 case dw_val_class_const:
5891 return DW_FORM_sdata;
5892 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5893 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
5896 return DW_FORM_data1;
5898 return DW_FORM_data2;
5900 return DW_FORM_data4;
5902 return DW_FORM_data8;
5906 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5907 return DW_FORM_block1;
5908 case dw_val_class_float:
5909 return DW_FORM_block1;
5910 case dw_val_class_flag:
5911 return DW_FORM_flag;
5912 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5913 if (AT_ref_external (a))
5914 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
5917 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5918 return DW_FORM_data;
5919 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5920 return DW_FORM_addr;
5921 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5922 return DW_FORM_data;
5923 case dw_val_class_str:
5924 return DW_FORM_string;
5931 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5934 output_value_format (a)
5937 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
5938 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
5941 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5945 output_abbrev_section ()
5947 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5950 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5952 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5954 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
5956 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
5957 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
5959 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
5960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
5962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
5964 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
5965 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
5967 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
5968 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
5969 output_value_format (a_attr);
5972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5976 /* Terminate the table. */
5977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5980 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
5983 output_die_symbol (die)
5986 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
5991 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
5992 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
5993 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
5995 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5996 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5999 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6000 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal
6001 symbol for this location list node, which is done for the head of
6003 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6004 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
6005 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
6008 const char *section;
6011 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
6012 = (dw_loc_list_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6013 retlist->begin = begin;
6015 retlist->expr = expr;
6016 retlist->section = section;
6018 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6022 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6024 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
6025 dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
6026 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
6029 const char *section;
6033 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6034 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6036 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6037 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6040 /* Output the location list given to us */
6042 output_loc_list (list_head)
6043 dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
6045 dw_loc_list_ref curr=list_head;
6046 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6048 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6049 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6050 in more than one section. */
6051 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6053 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6054 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)0,
6055 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6056 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6057 "Location list base address specifier base");
6059 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr=curr->dw_loc_next)
6062 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6063 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6064 list_head->ll_symbol);
6065 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6066 "Location list end address (%s)",
6067 list_head->ll_symbol);
6068 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6070 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6071 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s",
6072 "Location expression size");
6074 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6076 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6077 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6078 list_head->ll_symbol);
6079 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6080 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6081 list_head->ll_symbol);
6083 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6084 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6094 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6095 them to point to. */
6096 if (die->die_symbol)
6097 output_die_symbol (die);
6099 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6100 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6102 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6104 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6106 switch (AT_class (a))
6108 case dw_val_class_addr:
6109 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6112 case dw_val_class_offset:
6113 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6117 case dw_val_class_loc:
6118 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6120 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6121 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6123 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6126 case dw_val_class_const:
6127 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6128 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6129 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6130 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6133 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6134 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6135 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6138 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6140 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6142 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6145 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6147 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6148 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6152 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6153 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6155 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6156 first, "long long constant");
6157 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6162 case dw_val_class_float:
6166 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6169 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; ++i)
6170 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6171 "fp constant word %u", i);
6175 case dw_val_class_flag:
6176 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6179 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6181 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6184 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6185 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6189 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6190 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6192 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6195 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6197 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6200 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6204 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6207 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6208 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6209 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6213 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6214 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6217 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6218 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6221 case dw_val_class_str:
6222 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6230 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6233 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6235 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6236 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6241 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6242 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6245 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6247 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6248 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6250 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6252 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6253 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6255 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6258 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6261 output_comp_unit (die)
6264 const char *secname;
6266 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the
6267 information about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty
6268 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
6269 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
6272 Mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6275 build_abbrev_table (die);
6277 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6278 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6279 calc_die_sizes (die);
6281 if (die->die_symbol)
6283 char *tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (die->die_symbol) + 24);
6284 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die->die_symbol);
6286 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6289 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6291 /* Output debugging information. */
6292 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6293 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6296 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6298 if (die->die_symbol)
6302 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
6303 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
6304 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6307 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6311 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6314 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6317 add_pubname (decl, die)
6323 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6326 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6328 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6329 pubname_table = (pubname_ref) xrealloc
6330 (pubname_table, pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6333 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6336 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6339 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6340 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6341 visible procedures. */
6347 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6349 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6350 "Length of Public Names Info");
6352 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6354 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6355 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6357 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6358 "Compilation Unit Length");
6360 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
6362 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6364 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6365 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6368 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6371 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6374 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6377 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6380 add_arange (decl, die)
6384 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6387 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6389 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6390 arange_table = (dw_die_ref *)
6391 xrealloc (arange_table, arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6394 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6397 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6398 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6399 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6405 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6407 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6408 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6410 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6412 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6413 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6415 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6417 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6419 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6420 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6422 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6424 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6425 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6426 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6427 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6430 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6431 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6432 text_section_label, "Length");
6434 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; ++i)
6436 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6438 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6439 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6442 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6444 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6446 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6447 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6451 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6452 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6453 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6455 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6456 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6457 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6461 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6464 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6465 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
6466 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6467 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
6472 /* Output the terminator words. */
6473 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6474 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6477 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6484 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
6486 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
6488 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6489 ranges_table = (dw_ranges_ref)
6490 xrealloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
6491 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
6494 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
6495 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
6497 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6504 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
6505 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
6507 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; ++i)
6509 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
6513 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6514 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6516 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
6517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
6519 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6520 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6521 base of the text section. */
6522 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6524 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
6526 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6527 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
6528 text_section_label, NULL);
6530 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6531 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6532 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6533 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6536 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
6537 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6538 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
6545 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6546 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6552 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6555 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
6556 char *fname; /* File name part. */
6557 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
6558 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
6559 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
6562 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6566 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
6567 int length; /* Path length. */
6568 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6569 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6570 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6571 int used; /* Used in the end? */
6574 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6575 the directories in the path. */
6577 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
6581 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
6582 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
6586 /* Take care of file names without directories. */
6587 if (s1->path == s1->fname)
6589 else if (s2->path == s2->fname)
6592 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
6593 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
6599 /* Reached the end of the first path? */
6600 if (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
6601 /* It doesn't really matter in which order files from the
6602 same directory are sorted in. Therefore don't test for
6603 the second path reaching the end. */
6605 else if (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
6608 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6614 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6615 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6616 slowdowns with many input files. */
6618 output_file_names ()
6620 struct file_info *files;
6621 struct dir_info *dirs;
6630 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6631 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6632 * sizeof (struct file_info));
6633 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6634 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
6636 /* Sort the file names. */
6637 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6641 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6642 f = file_table.table[i];
6643 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
6646 /* Create a new array entry. */
6648 files[i].length = strlen (f);
6649 files[i].file_idx = i;
6651 /* Search for the file name part. */
6652 f = strrchr (f, '/');
6653 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
6655 qsort (files + 1, file_table.in_use - 1, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
6657 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6658 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
6659 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
6660 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
6662 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
6664 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
6667 for (i = 2; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6668 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
6669 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
6670 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
6672 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6673 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
6674 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
6680 /* This is a new directory. */
6681 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
6682 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
6683 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
6684 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
6685 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
6686 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
6688 /* Search for a prefix. */
6689 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
6690 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; ++j)
6691 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
6692 && dirs[j].length > 1
6693 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
6694 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
6695 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
6696 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
6701 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the
6702 directories which allow expressing the file name using references
6703 to the directory table with the least amount of characters. We
6704 do not do an exhaustive search where we would have to check out
6705 every combination of every single possible prefix. Instead we
6706 use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal results in most
6707 cases and never is much off. */
6708 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6709 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6711 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
6712 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; ++i)
6717 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But
6718 this does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the
6720 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
6721 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
6723 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; ++j)
6727 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
6729 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6734 while (k != -1 && k != i)
6739 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6740 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6742 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
6743 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
6748 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6750 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
6752 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6753 for (j = i; j < ndirs; ++j)
6754 if (savehere[j] > 0)
6756 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6757 saved[j] = savehere[j];
6759 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6760 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
6765 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table
6766 array since the index is used in the debug info generation. To
6767 do this efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices
6769 backmap = (int *) alloca (file_table.in_use * sizeof (int));
6770 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6772 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
6773 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6774 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
6777 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First the
6778 directory name table. Here we have to make sure that the first
6779 actually emitted directory name has the index one. Zero is
6780 reserved for the current working directory. Make sure we do not
6781 confuse these indices with the one for the constructed table
6782 (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6784 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
6785 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; ++i)
6786 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
6788 dirs[i].used = idx++;
6789 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
6790 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
6792 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6794 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6796 if (idx_offset == 0)
6799 /* Now write all the file names. */
6800 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6802 int file_idx = backmap[i];
6803 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
6805 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
6806 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
6808 /* Include directory index. */
6809 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
6811 /* Modification time. */
6812 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6814 /* File length in bytes. */
6815 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6817 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
6821 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6822 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6827 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
6828 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6829 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6832 unsigned long lt_index;
6833 unsigned long current_line;
6836 unsigned long current_file;
6837 unsigned long function;
6839 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
6840 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
6841 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
6842 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
6844 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
6845 "Length of Source Line Info");
6846 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
6848 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6850 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
6851 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
6853 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH,
6854 "Minimum Instruction Length");
6856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
6857 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
6859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
6860 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
6862 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
6863 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
6865 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
6866 "Special Opcode Base");
6868 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; ++opc)
6872 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
6873 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
6874 case DW_LNS_set_file:
6875 case DW_LNS_set_column:
6876 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
6884 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
6888 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
6889 output_file_names ();
6890 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
6892 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
6893 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
6894 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
6896 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
6897 a series of state machine operations. */
6900 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
6901 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
6903 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
6906 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
6907 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
6910 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
6911 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
6912 that anything after the last address is this line. */
6913 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6914 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
6918 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
6920 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
6921 use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address delta
6922 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
6923 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
6924 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
6925 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
6927 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
6930 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
6931 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6932 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6933 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6937 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
6938 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
6939 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6940 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6942 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6944 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6946 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6947 different from the previous line. */
6948 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6950 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6952 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
6953 file_table.table[current_file]);
6956 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6957 that uses the least amount of space. */
6958 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6960 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6961 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6962 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6963 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6965 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
6966 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
6968 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
6969 "line %lu", current_line);
6973 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
6974 depending on the value being encoded. */
6975 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
6976 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
6977 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
6978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6983 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6984 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6988 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6991 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6992 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6993 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6997 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6998 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7000 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7005 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7010 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7012 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7013 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7016 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7017 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7018 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7019 && line_info->function == function)
7023 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7024 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7025 to handle it differently. */
7026 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7028 if (function != line_info->function)
7030 function = line_info->function;
7032 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7033 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7034 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7035 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7036 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7040 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7043 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7044 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7045 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7049 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7050 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7052 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7055 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7057 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7058 different from the previous line. */
7059 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7061 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7063 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7064 file_table.table[current_file]);
7067 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7068 that uses the least amount of space. */
7069 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7071 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7072 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7073 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7074 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7075 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7076 "line %lu", current_line);
7079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7080 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7081 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7082 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7086 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7093 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7094 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7095 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7100 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7104 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7105 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7106 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7110 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7112 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7113 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7116 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7117 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7119 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7123 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7124 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7127 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7128 a DIE that describes the given type.
7130 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7131 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7134 base_type_die (type)
7137 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7138 const char *type_name;
7139 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7140 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7142 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK
7143 || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7148 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7149 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7151 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7154 type_name = "__unknown__";
7156 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7159 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7160 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7161 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7163 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7164 && (type == char_type_node
7165 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7166 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7168 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7169 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7171 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7174 /* else fall through. */
7177 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7178 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7179 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7181 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7185 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7188 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7189 a user defined type for it. */
7191 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7192 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7194 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7198 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7199 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7203 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7206 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die);
7207 if (demangle_name_func)
7208 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7210 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7211 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7212 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7213 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7215 return base_type_result;
7218 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7219 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7220 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7221 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7222 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7223 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7224 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7225 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7231 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7232 return error_mark_node;
7234 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7237 return error_mark_node;
7240 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7241 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7244 return type_main_variant (type);
7248 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7249 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7255 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7270 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7275 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7289 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7290 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7293 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7296 int is_volatile_type;
7297 dw_die_ref context_die;
7299 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7300 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7301 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7302 tree item_type = NULL;
7304 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7306 tree qualified_type;
7308 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7311 = get_qualified_type (type,
7312 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7314 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7315 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7318 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7320 return mod_type_die;
7323 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7324 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7325 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7326 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7328 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7329 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7330 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7332 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7333 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7334 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7337 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7338 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7339 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7340 type to which it refers. */
7342 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7343 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7345 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7351 else if (is_const_type)
7353 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die);
7354 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7356 else if (is_volatile_type)
7358 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die);
7359 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7361 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7363 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die);
7364 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7366 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7368 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7370 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7372 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die);
7373 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7375 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7377 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7379 else if (is_base_type (type))
7380 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7383 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7385 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7386 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7387 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7388 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7389 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7391 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
7392 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
7396 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7398 type = qualified_type;
7401 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
7403 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7404 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7405 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7406 types are possible in Ada. */
7407 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
7408 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
7409 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
7412 if (sub_die != NULL)
7413 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
7415 return mod_type_die;
7418 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7419 an enumerated type. */
7425 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
7428 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7434 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
7436 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7438 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno);
7442 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
7446 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
7448 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7449 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
7452 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7453 unsigned reg = reg_number (rtl);
7456 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
7458 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
7463 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7465 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7466 int_loc_descriptor (i)
7469 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7471 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7472 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7476 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
7479 else if (i <= 0xffff)
7481 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7491 else if (i >= -0x8000)
7493 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7494 || i >= -0x80000000)
7500 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
7503 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7505 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7506 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
7510 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
7511 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7512 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7514 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7515 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7516 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
7519 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
7521 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
7523 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
7528 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7534 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
7535 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
7536 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
7539 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7540 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7541 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7542 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7544 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7545 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7546 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7547 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7549 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7550 autoincrement addressing modes. */
7552 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7553 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
7555 enum machine_mode mode;
7557 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
7558 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7559 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7560 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7561 zeroth element of the array. */
7563 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7564 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
7567 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7572 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7573 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7578 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7579 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7580 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7581 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7582 contains the given subreg. */
7583 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7588 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7589 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7590 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7591 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7592 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7593 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7594 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7595 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7596 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7597 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7598 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7599 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7600 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7601 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
7605 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7606 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
7610 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7611 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7615 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
7616 by a different symbol. */
7617 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
7618 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
7620 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant (rtl);
7621 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
7625 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7626 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7627 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = save_rtx (rtl);
7631 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7633 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
7638 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7640 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
7641 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
7642 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
7643 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
7649 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
7650 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
7651 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
7654 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
7656 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
7657 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
7659 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7660 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7661 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
7665 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7666 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7667 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7668 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7674 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7675 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7676 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7677 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode));
7678 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7679 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7680 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
7684 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
7691 return mem_loc_result;
7694 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7695 This is typically a complex variable. */
7697 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7698 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
7701 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
7703 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0)
7704 && (GET_CODE (x0) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0, 0))))
7705 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x0));
7706 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7707 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
7709 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1)
7710 && (GET_CODE (x1) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1, 0))))
7711 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x1));
7712 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7713 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
7715 return cc_loc_result;
7718 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7719 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7720 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7721 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7722 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
7724 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7725 loc_descriptor (rtl)
7728 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7729 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7732 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7733 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7734 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7735 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7736 contains the given subreg. */
7737 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7742 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
7746 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7750 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
7760 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl.
7761 This comes up particularly with variable length arrays. */
7763 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7764 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
7768 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL;
7769 int indirect_size = 0;
7770 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
7771 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7773 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7774 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7777 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
7782 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
7783 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
7784 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
7785 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
7786 the names of types. */
7792 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
7793 enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
7795 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7797 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
7799 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7800 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7801 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
7802 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7806 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
7808 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7809 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7811 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
7817 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7818 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc)));
7823 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7825 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
7830 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
7833 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
7834 enum machine_mode mode;
7836 unsigned int alignment;
7838 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
7839 &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment);
7840 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
7842 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
7844 /* Variable offset. */
7845 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
7846 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7851 /* We cannot address anything not on a unit boundary. */
7852 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7857 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0
7858 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7860 /* ??? We could handle this by loading and shifting etc.
7861 Wait until someone needs it before expending the effort. */
7865 indirect_size = bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7868 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7870 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
7871 else if (bytepos < 0)
7873 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
7874 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7880 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
7881 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
7893 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
7899 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
7909 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
7912 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
7913 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
7915 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7916 add_loc_descr (&ret,
7917 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7918 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
7926 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7931 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7936 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7941 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7953 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7954 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
7955 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7969 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7970 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7974 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
7975 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
7976 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
7977 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
7982 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
7984 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7985 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
7986 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
7988 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
7989 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7990 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
7991 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
7993 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
7994 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7995 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7996 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7998 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
7999 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8000 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8001 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8002 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8010 /* If we can't fill the request for an address, die. */
8011 if (addressp && indirect_size == 0)
8014 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8015 if (!addressp && indirect_size > 0)
8017 if (indirect_size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8019 if (indirect_size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8022 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8023 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, indirect_size, 0));
8029 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8030 which is not less than the value itself. */
8032 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8033 ceiling (value, boundary)
8034 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
8035 unsigned int boundary;
8037 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8040 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8041 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8042 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8051 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8052 return integer_type_node;
8054 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8055 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8056 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8061 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8062 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8063 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8065 static inline unsigned
8066 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
8069 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8072 static inline unsigned
8073 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
8076 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8079 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8080 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8081 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8082 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8085 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8086 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
8089 tree type_size_tree;
8091 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8092 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8093 type_size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (type);
8095 if (type_size_tree == NULL_TREE)
8097 if (! host_integerp (type_size_tree, 1))
8098 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8099 return tree_low_cst (type_size_tree, 1);
8102 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
8103 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
8104 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
8105 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
8106 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
8107 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
8109 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8110 field_byte_offset (decl)
8113 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8114 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8115 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8116 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8117 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes;
8119 tree field_size_tree;
8120 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8121 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8122 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8124 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8127 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8130 type = field_type (decl);
8131 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8133 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8134 a flexible array member. */
8135 if (! field_size_tree)
8136 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8138 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8139 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8140 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8141 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8144 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8146 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8147 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8148 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8150 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8152 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8153 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8154 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8156 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
8157 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
8158 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
8159 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
8160 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
8161 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
8162 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
8163 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
8166 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8168 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
8169 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
8170 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
8171 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
8172 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
8173 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
8174 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
8175 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
8176 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
8177 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
8178 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
8179 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
8180 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
8181 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
8182 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
8183 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
8184 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
8185 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
8186 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
8187 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
8188 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
8189 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
8190 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
8191 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
8192 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
8195 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8196 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8197 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
8199 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8200 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8201 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8203 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8204 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
8205 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
8206 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
8208 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
8210 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8211 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8213 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8214 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
8215 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
8216 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
8219 object_offset_in_bytes = object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8221 return object_offset_in_bytes;
8224 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8225 associated with them. */
8227 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8229 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8230 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8231 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8234 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
8236 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
8239 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
8240 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
8241 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
8242 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
8243 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
8244 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
8245 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
8246 question had been optimized out of existence. */
8248 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
8249 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8250 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
8251 /* This can happen for a PARM_DECL with a DECL_INCOMING_RTL which
8252 references the internal argument pointer (a pseudo) in a function
8253 where all references to the internal argument pointer were
8254 eliminated via the optimizers. */
8255 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8256 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == PLUS
8257 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)))
8258 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT
8259 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8260 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 1))))
8263 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc_descriptor (rtl));
8266 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
8267 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
8268 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
8269 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
8270 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
8271 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
8272 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
8273 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
8274 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
8275 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
8276 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
8277 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
8278 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
8279 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
8280 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8281 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
8282 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
8283 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
8286 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
8290 unsigned long offset;
8291 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr;
8292 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8294 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
8295 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
8297 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
8299 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
8300 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
8301 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8303 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8304 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
8305 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
8308 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
8311 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
8312 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
8315 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8316 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8317 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8318 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8319 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8322 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
8326 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8329 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8330 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8331 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8332 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8333 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8335 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8337 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8338 if (val < 0 && (long) val == val)
8339 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
8340 else if ((unsigned long) val == (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
8341 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
8342 else if (2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8343 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8344 val >> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG, val);
8351 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8352 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8353 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8354 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8356 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8358 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
8360 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
8361 long *array = (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length);
8364 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
8368 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
8372 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8377 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8384 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
8388 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8389 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8391 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8392 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
8398 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
8404 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, save_rtx (rtl));
8408 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8409 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8410 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8411 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8412 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8413 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8414 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8415 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8416 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8417 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8418 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8422 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8429 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
8434 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8435 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8436 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8438 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8439 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8440 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8441 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8442 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8443 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8444 referenced within the function.
8446 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8447 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8448 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8449 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8451 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8452 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8453 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8454 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8455 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8456 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8458 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8459 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8460 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8461 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8462 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8463 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8464 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8465 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8466 output at debug-time.
8468 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8469 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8470 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8471 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8472 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8473 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8474 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8475 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8476 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8477 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8478 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8479 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8480 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8482 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8483 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
8484 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
8485 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
8486 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
8487 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
8488 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
8489 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
8490 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
8492 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
8493 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
8494 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
8495 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
8496 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
8497 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8498 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
8499 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
8500 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
8501 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
8502 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
8503 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
8504 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
8505 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
8506 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8509 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8510 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
8512 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
8514 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
8516 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8517 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
8519 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8520 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8521 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8522 if (declared_type == passed_type)
8523 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8524 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8525 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
8526 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
8527 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
8528 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8531 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8532 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8533 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8534 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8535 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8536 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8538 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8539 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
8540 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8541 /* Not passed in memory. */
8542 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
8543 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8544 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
8545 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8546 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8547 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8548 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8551 /* Big endian correction check. */
8553 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
8554 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
8557 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
8558 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
8559 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
8560 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
8564 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
8566 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
8567 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8568 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8569 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
8573 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time
8574 constant, and will have been substituted directly into all
8575 expressions that use it. C does not have such a concept, but
8576 C++ and other languages do. */
8577 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
8579 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
8580 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
8586 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8587 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8588 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8589 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8590 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8591 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8592 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8593 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8594 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8595 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8598 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
8604 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8607 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
8610 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
8611 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8614 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
8615 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
8616 code, and thus is not emitted. */
8617 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
8619 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8622 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8633 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8634 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
8641 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
8649 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8650 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8651 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8654 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
8658 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8659 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8661 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
8662 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
8667 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8670 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
8671 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8672 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8674 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8675 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
8676 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8683 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8684 the value of the attribute. */
8687 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
8689 const char *name_string;
8691 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
8693 if (demangle_name_func)
8694 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
8696 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
8700 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8701 a representation for that bound. */
8704 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
8705 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8706 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
8709 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
8710 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
8711 the type is instantiated. */
8712 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound))
8715 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
8720 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8722 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
8723 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
8724 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
8725 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
8726 /* use the default */
8729 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
8734 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8735 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
8739 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8740 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8741 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8742 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8743 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8744 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8745 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8746 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8747 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8748 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8749 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8750 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8751 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8752 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8753 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
8754 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8755 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8756 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8758 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8759 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8760 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8761 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
8762 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
8764 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8765 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8766 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
8768 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
8769 it references an outer function's frame. */
8771 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
8773 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
8775 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
8776 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
8779 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8780 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8781 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8782 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8785 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
8791 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
8793 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
8794 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
8795 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
8796 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
8798 if (decl_die != NULL)
8799 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8805 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
8806 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
8808 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
8809 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8811 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
8815 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8817 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8818 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8819 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8820 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8822 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8828 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
8829 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
8832 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
8833 dw_die_ref type_die;
8836 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8837 unsigned dimension_number;
8840 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8842 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
8843 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
8844 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
8845 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
8846 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
8847 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
8848 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
8849 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
8851 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8852 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8853 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8854 gen_array_type_die. */
8855 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8856 for (dimension_number = 0;
8857 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
8858 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
8861 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
8863 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
8864 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
8866 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die);
8869 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
8870 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
8871 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
8873 /* define the index type. */
8874 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
8876 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
8877 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
8878 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
8879 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
8880 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
8881 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8882 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
8885 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
8889 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
8890 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
8892 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
8893 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
8894 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
8896 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
8898 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
8901 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
8902 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
8906 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8912 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
8918 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
8926 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8927 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
8930 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
8931 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
8932 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
8933 even for bit-fields. */
8934 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8940 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
8941 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
8942 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
8943 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
8945 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
8948 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
8949 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
8950 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
8953 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
8954 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
8955 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
8956 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
8957 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
8958 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
8959 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
8961 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
8962 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8963 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
8966 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
8970 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
8971 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8972 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8973 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
8974 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
8975 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
8977 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8979 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8982 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
8983 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
8984 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
8985 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
8986 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8989 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8991 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
8992 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
8993 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
8994 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
8995 below must take account of these differences. */
8996 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
8997 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
8999 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9001 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
9002 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9006 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9007 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
9008 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
9010 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9013 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9014 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9017 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
9021 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9022 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9023 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9026 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9027 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9030 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9031 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9034 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
9038 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9039 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9040 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9043 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9044 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9048 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
9052 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9054 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9056 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9057 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9058 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9060 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9061 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9064 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9065 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
9067 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
9070 if (DECL_P (origin))
9071 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
9072 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
9073 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
9075 if (origin_die == NULL)
9078 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
9081 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9084 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
9088 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
9090 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
9092 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
9093 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
9094 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
9095 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
9098 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9099 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9100 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
9101 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
9105 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9108 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
9112 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9114 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9115 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9118 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9119 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9122 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
9128 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
9129 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
9131 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
9132 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9133 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
9135 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
9136 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
9137 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
9138 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9139 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
9140 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
9144 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9147 push_decl_scope (scope)
9150 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
9153 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9157 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
9159 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
9162 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9163 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9164 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9165 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9166 the current active scope. */
9169 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
9171 dw_die_ref context_die;
9173 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
9174 tree containing_scope;
9177 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9181 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
9183 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9184 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
9185 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9187 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9188 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9189 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9190 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
9191 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9193 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
9194 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9195 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
9197 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9198 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9199 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9201 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
9202 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
9207 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9208 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
9211 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9212 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9215 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
9218 scope_die = context_die;
9223 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
9225 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
9227 local_scope_p (context_die)
9228 dw_die_ref context_die;
9230 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
9231 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
9232 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
9237 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9239 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
9241 class_scope_p (context_die)
9242 dw_die_ref context_die;
9245 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9246 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
9249 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9250 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9251 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9254 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
9255 dw_die_ref object_die;
9259 dw_die_ref context_die;
9261 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
9262 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
9264 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9265 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9266 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9267 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9268 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
9269 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
9270 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
9272 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
9275 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9276 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9277 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9278 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
9281 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
9282 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
9283 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
9285 if (type_die != NULL)
9286 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
9289 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9290 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9291 was declared without a tag. */
9297 const char *name = 0;
9299 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
9303 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9304 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
9305 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
9307 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9308 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9310 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9311 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9312 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
9314 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9316 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
9319 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
9322 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9323 for bit field types. */
9326 member_declared_type (member)
9329 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9330 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9331 : TREE_TYPE (member));
9334 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9335 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9339 decl_start_label (decl)
9344 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
9345 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
9349 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
9352 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
9357 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9358 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9359 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9362 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
9364 dw_die_ref context_die;
9366 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
9367 dw_die_ref array_die;
9370 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9371 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9372 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9373 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9374 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9377 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die);
9380 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9381 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9382 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9383 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9384 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9385 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9386 for multidimensional arrays. */
9387 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
9390 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9391 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9392 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9393 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
9394 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9397 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
9399 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
9400 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
9402 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9403 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9405 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9406 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9407 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9408 add_subscript_info. */
9409 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9410 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9411 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
9413 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
9416 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
9420 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
9422 dw_die_ref context_die;
9425 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9427 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9428 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9433 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
9435 dw_die_ref context_die;
9437 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9438 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die);
9440 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
9443 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
9444 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9448 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9449 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
9451 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
9455 /* Remember a type in the incomplete_types_list. */
9457 add_incomplete_type (type)
9460 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
9463 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9464 emit full debugging info for them. */
9467 retry_incomplete_types ()
9470 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
9472 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
9476 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9479 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9481 dw_die_ref context_die;
9483 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die);
9484 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9485 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9486 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9489 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9492 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
9494 dw_die_ref context_die;
9496 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die);
9498 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9499 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9500 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9503 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9506 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
9508 dw_die_ref context_die;
9510 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die);
9512 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9513 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9514 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9517 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9518 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9519 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9523 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9525 dw_die_ref context_die;
9527 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
9529 if (type_die == NULL)
9531 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9532 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9533 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9534 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
9536 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
9539 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9541 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9542 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9543 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9544 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
9548 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9549 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
9550 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
9551 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
9553 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9554 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9555 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
9556 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
9558 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
9559 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9561 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die);
9563 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
9564 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
9566 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
9568 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
9569 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9570 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9572 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9573 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9578 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9581 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9582 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9585 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9586 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9587 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9588 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9589 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9590 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9591 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9592 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9595 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
9597 dw_die_ref context_die;
9600 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die);
9603 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
9606 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
9608 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
9611 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
9612 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
9613 TREE_READONLY (node),
9614 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
9616 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
9617 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9620 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
9621 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
9622 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
9627 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9628 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
9638 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9639 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9642 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
9643 tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9644 dw_die_ref context_die;
9646 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die);
9649 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9650 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9651 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9652 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9655 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
9656 tree function_or_method_type;
9657 dw_die_ref context_die;
9660 tree formal_type = NULL;
9661 tree first_parm_type;
9664 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9666 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
9667 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
9672 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9674 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9675 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9676 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
9678 dw_die_ref parm_die;
9680 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9681 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9684 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9685 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
9686 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
9687 && link == first_parm_type)
9688 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
9689 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9691 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
9693 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
9696 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9697 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9698 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
9699 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
9701 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9702 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9703 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9705 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9707 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9708 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9711 gen_type_die (formal_type, context_die);
9715 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9716 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9717 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9718 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9719 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9722 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
9724 dw_die_ref context_die;
9726 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9728 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9729 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9730 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
9731 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
9733 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
9736 push_decl_scope (type);
9737 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9738 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9740 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9745 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance
9746 of a function which we may later generate inlined and/or
9747 out-of-line instances of. */
9750 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
9756 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
9758 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
9759 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
9761 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9762 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9763 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9766 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
9767 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
9768 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9770 context = decl_class_context (decl);
9772 gen_type_die_for_member
9773 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
9776 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
9777 save_fn = current_function_decl;
9778 current_function_decl = decl;
9780 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
9781 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
9783 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
9785 current_function_decl = save_fn;
9788 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
9792 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
9794 dw_die_ref context_die;
9796 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9797 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9798 dw_die_ref subr_die;
9802 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9803 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
9804 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9806 /* Note that it is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and `declaration'
9807 be true, if we started to generate the abstract instance of an inline,
9808 decided to output its containing class, and proceeded to emit the
9809 declaration of the inline from the member list for the class. In that
9810 case, `declaration' takes priority; we'll get back to the abstract
9811 instance when we're done with the class. */
9813 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
9814 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
9823 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
9826 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
9828 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
9829 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
9831 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9832 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
9836 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9838 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
9839 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
9840 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
9841 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
9842 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9844 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
9845 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
9846 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
9847 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
9848 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
9854 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
9855 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
9856 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
9857 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
9858 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
9859 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
9860 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
9861 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
9862 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
9863 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
9864 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9865 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
9869 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
9870 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9871 remove_children (subr_die);
9875 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9876 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9877 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9878 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9879 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9880 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9882 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9887 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9889 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9890 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9892 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
9893 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9895 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9897 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
9898 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9901 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
9902 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9903 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9904 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9905 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9906 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9907 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9912 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9914 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9916 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
9917 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
9918 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
9919 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
9920 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9921 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9924 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9926 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
9928 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
9929 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
9930 We can't get this completely correct because information
9931 about whether the function was declared inline is not
9933 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
9934 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
9936 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
9939 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
9941 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9943 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
9945 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9946 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9948 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
9949 current_funcdef_number);
9950 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
9951 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
9952 current_funcdef_number);
9953 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
9955 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
9956 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
9958 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9959 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
9960 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
9963 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
9964 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
9965 variables is relative to one of them. */
9967 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
9968 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
9971 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
9972 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
9973 if (current_function_needs_context)
9974 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
9975 lookup_static_chain (decl));
9979 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
9980 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
9981 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
9982 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
9983 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
9984 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
9985 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
9986 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
9987 an ellipsis at the end. */
9989 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
9990 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
9991 its formal parameters. */
9992 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9994 else if (declaration)
9995 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
9998 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
9999 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10002 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10003 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10004 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10005 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10007 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10008 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10009 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10010 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10012 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10015 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10016 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10017 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10018 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10019 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10020 parameters at all. */
10021 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10022 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10024 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10025 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10026 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10028 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10029 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10032 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10033 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10034 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10036 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
10037 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
10038 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
10039 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
10040 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
10041 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
10042 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
10043 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
10044 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
10045 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
10046 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
10047 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
10048 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10049 constructor function. */
10050 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10052 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10053 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10055 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10056 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10058 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10059 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10061 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10062 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
10069 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10072 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
10074 dw_die_ref context_die;
10076 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10077 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die);
10079 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10080 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
10081 || class_scope_p (context_die));
10083 if (origin != NULL)
10084 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
10085 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10086 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
10087 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10088 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10090 /* ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10091 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
10092 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
10094 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10095 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10096 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
10098 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10100 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10101 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10103 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10104 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10106 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
10107 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10112 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
10113 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl),
10114 TREE_READONLY (decl),
10115 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10117 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10118 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10120 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10121 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10123 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10124 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10126 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10127 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10131 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10133 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10134 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
10136 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10138 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10139 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
10142 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10145 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10148 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
10150 dw_die_ref context_die;
10152 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10153 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die);
10155 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10157 if (origin != NULL)
10158 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
10160 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
10162 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10163 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
10166 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
10168 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10169 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
10170 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10171 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
10172 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
10173 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
10175 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10176 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10177 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10178 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10179 it if it ever does happen. */
10180 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
10183 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
10184 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10189 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10192 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10194 dw_die_ref context_die;
10197 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die);
10198 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10200 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10202 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
10206 add_AT_offset (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
10208 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
10211 add_ranges (chain);
10212 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
10219 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10220 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10221 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10222 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10223 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10224 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10228 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
10231 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10234 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10236 dw_die_ref context_die;
10239 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10241 dw_die_ref subr_die
10242 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die);
10243 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10244 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10246 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10247 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
10249 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10250 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10251 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10252 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10253 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10254 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10255 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10256 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
10257 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
10261 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10264 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
10266 dw_die_ref context_die;
10268 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die);
10270 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10271 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
10272 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
10275 /* If this is a bit field... */
10276 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10278 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10279 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10280 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10283 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
10284 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10286 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10287 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10289 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10290 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10292 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10293 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10297 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10298 Use modified_type_die instead.
10299 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10300 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10302 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
10304 dw_die_ref context_die;
10307 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10309 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10310 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10311 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10314 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10315 Use modified_type_die instead.
10316 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10317 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10319 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
10321 dw_die_ref context_die;
10324 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10326 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
10327 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10328 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10332 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10334 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
10336 dw_die_ref context_die;
10339 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10341 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10342 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10343 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
10344 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10347 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10350 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
10351 const char *filename;
10354 char producer[250];
10355 const char *wd = getpwd ();
10358 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL);
10359 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
10361 if (wd != NULL && filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
10362 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10364 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
10366 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10367 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10368 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10369 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10370 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10371 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10372 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10373 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10374 strcat (producer, " -g");
10377 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
10379 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
10380 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
10381 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10382 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
10383 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
10384 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
10385 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10386 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
10387 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
10388 language = DW_LANG_Java;
10389 else if (flag_traditional)
10390 language = DW_LANG_C;
10392 language = DW_LANG_C89;
10394 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
10399 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10402 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
10404 dw_die_ref context_die;
10406 dw_die_ref type_die
10407 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10409 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10411 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
10413 /* TODO: add string length info.
10414 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
10415 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
10418 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10421 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
10423 dw_die_ref context_die;
10425 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die);
10427 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
10428 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
10430 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
10431 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10432 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
10433 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
10434 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
10435 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10438 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10441 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
10443 dw_die_ref context_die;
10448 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10449 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10450 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10451 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10452 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10453 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
10454 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10455 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10456 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
10457 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
10458 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
10461 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10462 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
10464 tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
10465 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
10468 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
10469 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
10472 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10473 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10475 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10476 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10477 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10478 do put them in the right order. */
10480 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10482 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10484 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10487 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10488 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10490 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10491 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
10494 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10496 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10498 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10502 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10503 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10504 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10507 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10509 dw_die_ref context_die;
10511 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10512 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
10514 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
10515 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
10516 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
10518 if (type_die && ! complete)
10521 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
10522 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10525 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10527 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
10528 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10530 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
10532 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
10533 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
10535 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10537 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10539 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10542 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10544 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10545 then give a list of members. */
10548 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10549 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10550 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10551 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10552 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10553 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10555 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10556 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10557 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10558 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
10560 push_decl_scope (type);
10561 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
10564 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10565 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
10567 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
10569 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
10570 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10571 lookup_type_die (vtype));
10576 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10578 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10579 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
10580 add_incomplete_type (type);
10584 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10587 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
10589 dw_die_ref context_die;
10591 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10592 dw_die_ref subr_die
10593 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10595 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
10596 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
10597 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10598 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
10601 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10604 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
10606 dw_die_ref context_die;
10608 dw_die_ref type_die;
10611 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10613 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
10615 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die);
10616 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10617 if (origin != NULL)
10618 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
10622 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
10623 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
10625 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
10627 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
10630 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
10633 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10634 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
10635 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10638 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10639 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
10642 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10645 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
10647 dw_die_ref context_die;
10651 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10654 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10655 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10656 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10657 type = type_main_variant (type);
10659 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10662 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10663 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10665 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10666 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
10670 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10676 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
10677 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10678 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10679 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10680 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10682 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10684 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10685 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10686 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10690 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10691 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10692 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
10694 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10695 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10697 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10699 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
10703 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
10704 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
10708 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10709 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10712 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
10713 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10714 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10715 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10719 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10720 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10721 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10725 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
10727 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10728 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
10731 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
10735 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type), context_die);
10738 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10741 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10742 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
10743 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too.
10744 This does not apply to instantiations of member class templates;
10745 they need to be added to the containing class as they are
10746 generated. FIXME: This hurts the idea of combining type decls
10747 from multiple TUs, since we can't predict what set of template
10748 instantiations we'll get. */
10749 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
10750 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
10751 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10753 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
10755 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10758 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10759 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10760 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10766 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
10767 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10769 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10774 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
10775 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
10776 when appropriate. */
10785 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
10789 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
10796 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10799 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
10802 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
10804 dw_die_ref context_die;
10806 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10809 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10810 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
10811 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
10813 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
10816 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
10817 an instance of an unresolved type. */
10819 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10824 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10825 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10829 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
10833 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10834 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10842 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
10843 things which are local to the given block. */
10846 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10848 dw_die_ref context_die;
10851 int must_output_die = 0;
10854 enum tree_code origin_code;
10856 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10857 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
10858 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
10861 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
10862 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
10863 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
10864 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
10868 for (sub= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
10869 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
10873 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
10874 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
10875 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
10876 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
10877 the current block. */
10878 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10879 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
10881 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
10883 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10884 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
10885 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
10886 must_output_die = 1;
10889 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
10890 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
10891 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
10892 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
10893 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
10894 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
10895 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
10896 `must_output_die' flag. */
10897 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
10899 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
10900 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
10901 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10902 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
10903 as being a "significant" one. */
10904 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
10906 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
10907 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
10908 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10909 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10910 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
10911 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10913 must_output_die = 1;
10919 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
10920 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
10921 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
10922 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
10923 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
10924 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
10925 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
10926 if (must_output_die)
10928 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10929 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10931 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10934 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
10937 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
10938 all of its sub-blocks. */
10941 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
10943 dw_die_ref context_die;
10949 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10950 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
10953 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
10954 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
10955 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
10956 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
10957 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10958 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10962 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10963 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10964 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10965 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10969 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
10970 add_child_die (context_die, die);
10972 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
10975 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
10976 therein) of this block. */
10977 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
10979 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
10980 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
10983 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
10986 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
10989 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10992 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10993 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
10994 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
10995 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
10996 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
10997 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11003 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11006 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
11008 dw_die_ref context_die;
11012 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
11015 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
11016 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11019 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11022 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11023 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11026 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11027 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11028 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11029 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
11030 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
11033 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11034 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
11035 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
11036 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11037 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11038 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11039 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
11040 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11041 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11042 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11043 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11045 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11046 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
11048 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11049 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11051 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11052 have described its return type. */
11053 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
11055 /* And its virtual context. */
11056 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11057 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
11059 /* And its containing type. */
11060 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
11061 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
11062 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
11065 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11066 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
11070 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11071 actual typedefs. */
11072 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11075 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
11076 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
11077 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
11078 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
11079 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
11080 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
11082 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11084 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11088 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
11089 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11091 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11092 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
11096 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11097 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
11101 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11102 variable declarations or definitions. */
11103 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11106 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11108 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11110 /* And its containing type. */
11111 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
11112 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
11113 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
11115 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11116 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11117 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11119 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11120 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
11121 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
11123 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
11127 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
11128 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
11129 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
11130 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
11132 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
11133 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
11138 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
11139 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
11142 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
11143 /* Ignore for now. */
11151 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11154 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
11155 const char *filename;
11156 const char *context_list;
11158 unsigned int file_index;
11160 if (filename != NULL)
11162 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die);
11163 tree context_list_decl
11164 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
11167 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
11168 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
11169 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
11170 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11171 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
11175 /* Debug information for a global DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11176 compilation proper has finished. */
11178 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
11181 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11182 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
11183 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type
11184 declarations and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11186 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11187 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11190 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11193 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
11196 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
11198 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
11201 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
11202 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11205 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11207 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11208 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11209 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11210 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11211 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
11214 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11215 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11216 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11217 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11218 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11219 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11220 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11221 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11222 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11223 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
11224 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
11225 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
11226 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
11227 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
11228 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
11229 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
11230 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
11231 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
11232 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
11233 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
11234 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
11235 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
11236 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
11237 within include files which also contain
11238 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11239 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11242 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11243 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11244 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11245 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11246 context_die = NULL;
11251 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11252 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11253 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11254 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11255 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11256 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
11257 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
11258 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
11259 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
11262 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11263 variable declarations or definitions. */
11264 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11269 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
11270 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
11273 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11274 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11275 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
11277 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11278 comparisons have. */
11279 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
11280 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
11281 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
11282 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
11287 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11288 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11291 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11292 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11293 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11294 context_die = NULL;
11302 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11305 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11306 a lexical block. */
11309 dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
11310 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11311 unsigned int blocknum;
11313 function_section (current_function_decl);
11314 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
11317 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11321 dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
11322 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11323 unsigned int blocknum;
11325 function_section (current_function_decl);
11326 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
11329 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11330 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11332 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11333 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11334 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11337 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
11341 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11342 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11343 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
11348 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11349 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11350 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
11351 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
11352 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
11353 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
11354 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
11355 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
11356 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
11357 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
11360 lookup_filename (file_name)
11361 const char *file_name;
11365 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11366 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
11367 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
11370 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11371 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11372 if (file_table.last_lookup_index != 0)
11373 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[file_table.last_lookup_index]) == 0)
11374 return file_table.last_lookup_index;
11376 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11377 for (i = 1; i < file_table.in_use; ++i)
11378 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[i]) == 0)
11380 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11384 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11385 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11386 if (i == file_table.allocated)
11388 file_table.allocated = i + FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11389 file_table.table = (char **)
11390 xrealloc (file_table.table, file_table.allocated * sizeof (char *));
11393 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11394 file_table.table[i] = xstrdup (file_name);
11395 file_table.in_use = i + 1;
11396 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11398 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11399 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i, file_name);
11407 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11408 file_table.table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
11409 file_table.allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11411 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11412 file_table.in_use = 1;
11413 file_table.last_lookup_index = 0;
11416 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11417 and record information relating to this source line, in
11418 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11421 dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
11423 const char *filename;
11425 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11427 function_section (current_function_decl);
11429 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
11430 if (flag_debug_asm)
11431 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
11434 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11436 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11438 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11439 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
11441 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11442 ++line_info_table_in_use;
11444 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11445 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11446 ++separate_line_info_table_in_use;
11448 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11450 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
11451 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11452 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
11454 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11455 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11456 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
11458 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11459 separate_line_info_table
11460 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
11461 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
11462 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11463 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
11466 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11468 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
11469 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11470 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11471 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
11475 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
11477 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11478 line_info_table_in_use);
11480 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11481 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
11483 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11485 = (dw_line_info_ref)
11486 xrealloc (line_info_table,
11487 (line_info_table_allocated
11488 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
11491 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11492 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
11493 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11494 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11499 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
11502 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
11503 unsigned int lineno;
11504 const char *filename;
11506 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11508 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11509 dw_die_ref bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die);
11510 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
11512 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11514 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11515 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
11516 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
11518 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
11519 "Filename we just started");
11523 /* Record the end of a source file. */
11526 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
11527 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11529 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11531 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11532 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die);
11534 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11536 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11537 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
11541 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11542 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11543 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11546 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
11547 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11548 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11550 static int initialized = 0;
11553 dwarf2out_start_source_file (0, primary_filename);
11556 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11558 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
11560 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11561 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11565 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11566 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11567 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11570 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
11571 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11572 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11574 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11576 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11577 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
11578 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11579 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11583 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11586 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename)
11587 const char *main_input_filename;
11589 init_file_table ();
11591 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11592 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
11594 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11595 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11596 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11597 lookup_filename (main_input_filename);
11599 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11601 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11602 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11603 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
11605 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11606 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
11607 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&decl_scope_table, 1);
11609 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11611 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11612 sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11613 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11614 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11615 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
11617 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11619 = (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11620 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
11621 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11622 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11623 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
11625 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11626 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11627 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11628 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11629 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11630 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
11632 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
11633 ggc_add_tree_varray_root (&incomplete_types, 1);
11635 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11636 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray, 1);
11638 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11639 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
11640 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11641 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11642 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11644 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
11645 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
11646 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11647 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
11648 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11649 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11650 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
11651 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11652 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
11653 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11654 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
11655 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11657 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11658 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
11659 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11660 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
11663 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11666 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
11670 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11671 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11674 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
11675 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11677 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
11678 dw_die_ref die = 0;
11680 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11681 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11682 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11683 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11685 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
11687 next_node = node->next;
11690 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
11692 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
11694 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
11695 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
11702 limbo_die_list = NULL;
11704 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11705 emit full debugging info for them. */
11706 retry_incomplete_types ();
11708 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
11709 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
11710 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
11712 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
11713 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
11714 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11715 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
11717 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
11718 that have children. */
11719 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
11720 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11721 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
11723 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
11725 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11727 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
11728 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
11729 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
11730 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
11731 examining the file. */
11732 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11734 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11735 output_line_info ();
11738 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
11739 if (have_location_lists)
11741 /* Output the location lists info. */
11742 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
11744 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11745 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
11746 output_location_lists (die);
11747 have_location_lists = 0;
11750 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
11752 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
11754 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
11755 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
11757 /* And if it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges
11758 an appropriate "base address". Use zero so that these addresses
11759 become absolute. */
11760 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
11761 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
11763 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11764 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
11765 debug_line_section_label);
11767 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11768 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
11770 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
11771 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
11772 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11773 output_comp_unit (node->die);
11774 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die);
11776 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
11777 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11778 output_abbrev_section ();
11780 if (pubname_table_in_use)
11782 /* Output public names table. */
11783 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11784 output_pubnames ();
11787 /* We only put functions in the arange table, so don't write it out if
11788 we don't have any. */
11789 if (fde_table_in_use)
11791 /* Output the address range information. */
11792 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11796 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
11797 if (ranges_table_in_use)
11799 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11803 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
11804 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11806 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
11807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
11810 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */